الصف الاول حاسبputer-s PDF

‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
( ‫) ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‬
PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com

‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱃ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫) ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ (‬
‫ﺟﻤﯿﻊ اﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎت‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺸﻴﱮ‬ ‫ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻑ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ‬
‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻰ‬
‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﺷـﺎﻕ ﰱ ﻏـﺮﺯ ﻣﺒـﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻄـﻮﻳﺮ ﰱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺩﺧـﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺳـﺐ ﺍﻵﱄ ﰲ‬
‫ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﻴـﺎﺓ ﻭﻇﻬـﺮ ﺃﺛـﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺣـﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳـﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﺸـﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟـﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺻــﺒﺢ ﺗﻘــﺪﻡ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﻟــﺔ ﻳﻘــﺎﺱ ﲟﻘﻴــﺎﺱ ﺗﻘــﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤــﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻟﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤـﺎﻡ ﺑﻄﻼﺑﻨـﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺧـﺬ ﺑﺄﻳـﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨـﻬﻮﺽ‬
‫‪‬ــﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﺼــﻮﻝ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﻃﺎﻟــﺐ ﻣﺘﻤﻴــﺰ ﻟﺪﻳــﻪ ﻣﻬــﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻨﻴــﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴـــﺔ ﻭ ﻣﻬـ ـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰱ ﺍﺳـــﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳـــﺐ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺤـــﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻮﻛﺐ ﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ‪،،‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺿــــــﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‬
‫‪٣‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱄ‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫‪٧‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ‪ SLOT‬وﻣﻨﮭﺎ )‪PCI –ISA - AGP‬‬ ‫‪Mother board‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻡ‬
‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪Processors‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻪ‬
‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ‪( SRAM-DDR2 - DDR3– SDRAM –DDRAM ) -‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪(SATA- IDE–PARALLE‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬ ‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫• ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ )‪ ( Windows XP‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows XP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫• ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ) ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ – ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ (‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﳎﻠﺪ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺍﳌﻔﻜﺮﺓ –ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ (‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ICDL‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫• ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺿــــــﻮﻉ‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ )ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ – ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ(‬ ‫•‬
‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫‪٧٤‬‬ ‫• ﺷﺮﺡ ﺭﺍﺱ ﻭﺗﺰﻳﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﰱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ICDL‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻪ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ (‬ ‫•‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﺴﺎﺕ ) ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ (‬ ‫•‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ICDL‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫‪١١٦‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٨‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﰱ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪١٢٣‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ) ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ – ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ – ﳕﺎﺫﺝ – ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ (‬
‫‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﻛﺴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻛﺴﺲ‬
‫‪١٣٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‬

 

 

Definition ‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱄ‬ý
Output&Input ) Devices) ‫ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬ý
( PCI –ISA - AGP) ‫ وﻣﻨﮭﺎ‬SLOT ‫ ﻭﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬Mother board ‫ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻡ‬ý

Processors ‫ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬ý
( SRAM-DDR2 - DDR3– SDRAM –DDRAM -) ‫ﻭﺍﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‬RAM ‫ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬ý
(SATA- IDE–PARALLE) ‫ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬/ ‫ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ý
‫ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ) ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ – ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ – ﻓﻼﺵ‬ý
( ‫ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺓ – ﺍﳌﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻰ‬
ICDL ‫ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬ý
. ‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴــﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺎﺳــﺐ ﺍﻵﱄ ﻫــﻮ ﺟﻬــﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺘــﺮﻭﱐ ﻳﻘــﻮﻡ ﺑــﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﲨﻴــﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴــﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴــﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﻳـﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘـﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣـﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ‪  ‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫وﺣﺪات ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﯾﺔ‬
‫)ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻮى(‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬
‫) وﺣﺪات اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮﺟﺎت‬ ‫واﻟﻤﻨﻄﻖ (‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺧﻼت‬
‫) وﺣﺪات اﻻﺧﺮاج (‬ ‫) وﺣﺪات اﻻدﺧﺎل (‬
‫وﺣﺪات ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ رﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬

‫)ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ رﺋﯿﺴﻰ (‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪ : ‬ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺼﺎﳍﺎ ﺍﱃ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪‬ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ )‪Central Processing Unit ( CPU‬ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫§ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻖ‪.‬‬
‫§ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫§ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫§ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪‬‬
‫‪ : ‬ﻫﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱄ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺪﳎﺔ ‪ Ships‬ﻭﳏﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ‪ Hard Disk‬ﻭﳏﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ‪Floppy‬‬
‫‪ Disk‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲟﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﲝﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Hardware‬‬
‫‪Software‬‬
‫‪Software‬‬ ‫‪Hardware‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻣﺠﯿﺎت‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت ﻣﺎدﯾﺔ‬
‫• ﻧﻈﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬ ‫• أﺟﮭﺰة ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺎت‬

‫• ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻘﺎت‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫• وﺣﺪات إدﺧﺎل وإﺧﺮاج‬
‫• أﺟﮭﺰة ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت‬
 
 Hardware
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
:‫ ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﱄ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻫﻲ‬.‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬
 
Input Unit  
 
  Sanner  
 Toys tick   
Output Unit  .‫ب‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
٥

‫‪ ‬‬
‫اﻟﺮاﺳﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎت ج‪ Unit .‬اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫‪System‬‬
‫واﻵن ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻨﻈﺎم )‪ (System Unit‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﻨﺪوق اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ‪(Case):‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﳊﻔﻆ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳛﻘﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ )‪ (Ports‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ )‪ (Supply Power‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪.‬ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ )ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ( ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺏ ‪.‬ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻗﻴﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ) ‪ ٥‬ﻭ ‪ 7‬ﻭ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ ....‬ﺍﱁ( ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﱪﺟﻲ ﻭﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﲜﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫)‪ ، (Tower‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )‪(Desktop‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱄ‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫)‪(Tower‬‬
‫)‪ (Desktop‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻻﳝﻦ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬

‫ﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ +‬ﻣﺮوﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﮭﻮﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬

‫ﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ اﻟﻤﺎوس ‪ +‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ ‪ +‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ +‬اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‬

‫ﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ واﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫• ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ‪Mother board‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﺤﻬﺎ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱄ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﲰﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﰎ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﲢﺘﻀﻦ ﺃﻃﻔﺎﳍﺎ ﻭﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ‪,‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪.‬ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ )‪ (Upgrade‬ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫‪٧‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ )ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ‪,‬ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ,‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ‪ ......‬ﺍﱁ(‬
‫ﺏ ‪.‬ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺝ ‪.‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ...‬ﻭﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺩ ‪.‬ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ )ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﺕ‪ ....‬ﺍﱁ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ‪Mother board‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ ‪(Extension Slots):‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺷﻘﻮﻕ ﻃﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﰲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫أ ‪.‬ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ‪(Peripheral Component Interconnect) PCI‬‬
‫ب ‪.‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ‪(Accelerated Graphic Port) AGP‬‬
‫ج ‪.‬ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ‪(Industry Standard Architecture) ISA‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫د ‪.‬ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ‪(Enhanced Industry Standard Architecture) EISA‬‬
‫‪PCI Slots‬‬ ‫‪ISA Slots‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ )‪(Ports‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﻚ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﻄﺮ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺮﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫أ ‪.‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪(Ports Serial):‬‬
‫ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﲔ ﻭﻳﻄﻠـﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤـﺎ ) ‪(COM1‬‬
‫)‪(COM2‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔـﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌـﻮﺩﱘ ﺍﳋـﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜـﺎﻣﲑﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ب ‪.‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ‪(Ports Parallel):‬‬

‫)‪ ، (LPT1‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ج‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪(Universal Serial Ports) :USB‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﺤﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ )ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ‪ -‬ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ( ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﻔﺬ ﰒ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﰒ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﲑﺍ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺳﺢ‬
‫‪٩‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ‪ .....‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﱂ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪USB‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﻤﺘﻮازﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻟﯿﺔ‬

‫‪Universal Serial Ports‬‬ ‫)‪(Ports Serial‬‬ ‫)‪(Ports Serial‬‬
‫• ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺎﺕ ‪Processors‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ‬
‫‪(Central‬‬ ‫‪CPU‬‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،Processing Unit‬ﻓﺎﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻬﺎ ﰒ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ‪.‬ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﳌﺪﻯ ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ" ‪:‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ‪ PIII‬ﺃﻱ ‪ Pentium III‬ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ ‪900MHz‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺘﻪ؟‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﳛﺔ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﲢﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﳛﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﰿ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﻘﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﳌﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﲑﺗﺰ )‪ (MHz‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺃﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 404‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﲑﺗﺰ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫‪١٠‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺗﻌﺪﺕ ﺣﺎﺟﺰ ‪ 3‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﲑﺗﺰ( ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 3000‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﲑﺗﺰ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ )ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ‪-‬ﺭﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ‪ -‬ﻭﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ Pentium IV‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻮﻱ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻣﺔ )‪(Servers‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺎﺕ( ﺃﺛﻨﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺎﺕ ‪Processors‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  Intel‬‬ ‫‪ AMD‬‬
‫ﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ؟‬
‫ﻣ ﻊ اﻻﺧ ﺬ ﻓ ﻰ‬ ‫‪١١‬‬
‫اﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎر ان ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻌ ﺎﻟﺞ ﺗﺘﻘ ﺪم‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺳ ﺮﯾﻌﺔ ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫‪with‬اﻟ ﻰ‬
‫‪PDF created‬‬ ‫‪٣.٦FinePrint‬‬
‫‪ ٢.٤ pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬اﻟ ﻰ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺪ اﻟﺼﻨﻊ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(Ram/Rom‬‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﻻﺷﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﺪ ﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺻﻼ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺒﺌﺔ ‪ Cashe Memory‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﰿ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﰲ‬
‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‪.‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳍﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ )‪.(Memory‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴـﻮﺗﺮ ﻗـﺪ ﺗﻘـﺎﺑﻠﻮﺍ ﻣـﻊ ﻣﺼـﻄﻠﺢ )‪ (RAM‬ﻭ )‪ (ROM‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫)‪ (Random Access Memory‬ﻭ )‪. (Read Only Memory‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ )‪(Read Only Memory (ROM‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﲢﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ )‪(RAM‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴـﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻜﻞ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺘﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻛﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟــ )‪ (RAM‬ﺗﻨﻘﺴـﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴـﻤﲔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳـﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﺭﻛﺰ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪DRAM‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻮع‬
‫‪D‬ﺗﻌﲏ )‪ (Dynamic RAM‬ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻰ ﻭﲰﻴﺖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﻌﺎﺵ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ‪ DRAM‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ‪ DDR3 &DDR2) .‬‬

‫‪١٣‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ 667-800DDR2‬‬
‫‪1066DDR3‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪D‬ﻧﺄﰐ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟـ )‪ (RAM‬ﻭﻫﻮ )‪ (SRAM‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﻭﺍﺿـﺢ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﲰﻬـﺎ ﻓﻬـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟــ )‪ (DRAM‬ﻭﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﲢﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻴـﺎﺭ ﻛﻬـﺮﰊ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻻ ﲢﺘـﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ )ﺇﻧﻌـﺎﺵ( ﻣﺜـﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟـ )‪ (DRAM‬ﻭﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺮ ﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ" ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ "‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﲎ ﳏﺪﺩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ )‪ (ROM‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ )‪ (RAM‬ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ" ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ" )ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺪﻣﺞ‪ ...‬ﺍﱁ( ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ" ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ "ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻞ ﳚﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﺼﺪﻩ ‪.‬ﻭﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪0.1‬‬ ‫‪Bit‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺑﺖ‬
‫‪8 bits‬‬ ‫‪Byte‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪1024 byte‬‬ ‫‪Kilo Byte‬‬ ‫‪KB‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪1024 KB‬‬ ‫‪Mega Byte‬‬ ‫‪MB‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫& ﺟﯿﺠﺎ = ‪١٠٠٠ X ١٠٠٠ X ١٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎً ان اﻟﻜﯿﻠﻮ = ‪ & ١٠٠٠‬ﻣﯿﺠﺎ = ‪١٠٠٠X١٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ‪Hard Disk‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﲟﺎﺩﺓ ﳑﻐﻨﻄﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻔﺮﻏﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﺫ ﲣﺰﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻠﯿﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟـ )‪ (Jumper‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺃﻣﺎ )‪ (Master‬ﺍﻭ )‪ (Slave‬ﻭﲡﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـ ) ‪Hard‬‬
‫‪،(Disk‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺎﺗﺎ‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪Parallel ATA‬‬ ‫‪SATA‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟـﻬﺎﺭﺩﺳﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﺑﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﳘﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻯ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ) ‪ (Parallel ATA‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻊ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ )ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺩﺳﻚ( ﺃﻭ )ﻫﺎﺭﺩﺳﻚ( ﻭ )ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭﻳﺔ( ﻣﻌﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ )‪(Master‬ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ )‪ (Slave‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ؟‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـﻬﺎﺭﺩﺳﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ )‪ (Master‬ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻭ )‪ (Slave‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟـ )‪ (Jumpers‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﳓﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﻬﺎﺭﺩﺳﻚ ﺍﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟـ )ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭﻳﺔ‪‬‬
‫ً ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﺎﺗﺎ ‪:‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻵﻥ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟـﻬﺎﺭﺩﺳﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻃﺒﻌﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺗﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ‪ ٢‬ﻣﺘﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ‪Floppy Disk Drive‬‬

‫• ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻘﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ﻗـﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﲣـﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ ﻓﻬـﻲ ﺗﺘﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﺳـﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺼـﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﻣـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻄﻠﻴﺔ ﲟﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﳐﺎﺯﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳـﻌﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺳـﺎﺕ ﻣـﻦ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗـﺮﺍﺹ ﺃﻗـﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﻘـﺎﺱ ‪ ٣.٥‬ﺑﻮﺻـﺔ ﻭﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻣﺮﺑـﻊ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳـﺔ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﻳﻮﺟـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺛﻘـﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳـﺔ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺑﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺎ ﺑـﲔ‬
‫‪ ١.٤٤‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ‪Laser Disk Drive - CD-Rom-Ram‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﻐﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻐﻨﻄﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٦٥٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪CD-ROM‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺃﻗـــﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻋـــﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴـــﻌﺔ‬
‫‪١٧‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ‬
‫‪ ٨٥٠ MB‬ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫)‪(CD-RAM‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ CD-ROM‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ )‪(DVD-RAM‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢.٧‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻟﻴﺰﺭﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻌﺎﺕ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﰲ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪Data Bus‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﱄ ﺟﺪﺍ‬ ‫·‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪RAM‬‬ ‫·‬
‫ﻧﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‬ ‫·‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻭﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻭﻏﲑ ھﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪Power Supply‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺈﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺒﲑ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫‪Hardware Cards‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬

 
.‫ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‬... ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺩﱘ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
  AGP Slot
Flash Disk ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‬
١٩

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﻼش )‪(Flash Disk‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻐﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺳﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺳﻌﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺳﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻨﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺗﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﻟﻔﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ )‪ (System Unit‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ )‪ (USB‬ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ )‪ (Flash Disk Driver‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪Flash Disk‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ - ١‬اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪(Printer):‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱄ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺮﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳒﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺪﺛﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪.‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻴﺔ ‪(Dot Matrix Printer):‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺧﻴﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻦ ﻭﺳﻬﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪.‬ﻭﻳﻌﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﻴﺔ )‪(Impact Printer‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺭﺵ ﺍﳊﱪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻣﻴﺔ )‪(No impact Printers‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪.‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﺎﺫﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﱪ )‪(Inkjet Printer‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪(Spray‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺭﺵ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﱪ‬
‫)‪ Droplets of Ink‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﻘﺐ ﰲ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ 360‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻛﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪.‬ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ‪(Laser Printer):‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﺩﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺫﻭ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻮﺭﻥ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺫﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﱪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪.‬ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪ (Image Quality):‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ )‪ (Print Resolution‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺻﺔ )‪ (dots per inch - dpi‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ )‪ : (Speed‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺱ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫)‪ (ppm - pages per minute‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺝ ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ (Cost Initial):‬ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﺀﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺳﻌﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﻔﺎﺀ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪﳝﺔ‬
‫‪،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻗﺪ ﳒﺪ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺳﻌﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻏﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻗﺎﺫﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﱪ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ ‪.‬ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ (Cost of Operation):‬ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﺎ ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﱪ ‪(Toner‬‬

‫)‪or Ink‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﳎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱄ )‪ (Software‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫‪(Computer‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ )‪ (Operating System‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺣﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫)‪Language‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺪ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ )‪ (Application‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺸﻔﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ‪.‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ )ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ( ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺭﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ..........‬ﺍﱁ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﱪﻩ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪Processing System‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫·‬
‫‪Applications‬‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫·‬
‫‪Data Base‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫·‬
‫ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫‪Data Base‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Processing‬‬
‫‪System‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬

 
‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﻋﺎم ﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎت اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫وﺣﺪة ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ اﻵﻟﻲ‬

(System Unit)
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬

(Disk Drivers) (Motherboard) (Case)
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
(Power Supply)
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ‬ ‫ذاﻛﺮة اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬

(Extension Slots) (Memory) (Microprocessor) (Ports)
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺍﱄ‬

(Floppy Disk Drive) (ROM) (Serial Port)
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻱ‬

(Hard Disk Drive) (RAM) (Parallel Port)
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺪﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺒﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ‬

(Compact Disk drive) (Cache) (USB Port)
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ‬

(ZIP Disk Drive)
(Peripheral Component Interconnect)
PCI
(Industry Standard Architecture)

ISA
(Accelerated Graphic Port)

AGP
(Extended Industry Standard Architecture)

EISA
٢٣

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻻﹰ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱃ ؟‬
‫‪.......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪.......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻻﱃ ؟‬
‫‪.......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪.......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ؟ ﺍﻛﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﺍﺝ ؟‬

‫ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪...................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺮﺍﺝ ‪.....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻡ‬
‫‪...........................‬‬ ‫‪-١‬‬
‫‪.........................‬‬ ‫‪-٢‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ؟‬
‫‪...........................‬‬ ‫‪-١‬‬
‫‪..........................‬‬ ‫‪-٢‬‬
‫‪.........................‬‬ ‫‪-٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻡ ‪ RAM‬؟‬ ‫‪-٤‬‬
‫‪...........................‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪..........................‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ‪ DRAM & SRAM‬؟‬ ‫‪-٥‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ ؟‬ ‫‪-٦‬‬
‫‪...........................‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪..........................‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪..........................‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪: ICDL‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ =‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪100‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪1000‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪1024‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪1240‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﱃ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﺘﲔ ﺗﻮﺿﺤﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﮫ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺒﯿﺮ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺳﺮﯾﻌﺎً‬
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﮫ ﻣﻨﻊ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﻦ ارﺗﻜﺎب اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬

 
‫ﯾﻤﻜﻨﮫ ﺣﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺑﯿﺔ اﻟﻤﻌﻘﺪة ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‬

‫ﻛﺒﯿﺮة‬
. ‫ﻻﯾﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﺑﺪاً ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ھﻮ اﻛﺜﺮ ذﻛﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻹﻧﺴﺎن‬



٢٦

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ )‪ ( Windows XP‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺘﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows XP‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫•‬
‫) ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ – ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ (‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﳎﻠﺪ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫•‬
‫) ﺍﳌﻔﻜﺮﺓ –ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ (‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ICDL‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  :‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Operating System‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺗﺴـﻬﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻻ‪‬ﺎ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳌﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬـﻢ ﻟﻐـﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺳـﺐ )‬
‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺔ( ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺷـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ) ‪( 1,0‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻦ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺩﺍﻉ ﻟﻠـﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺳـﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﻉ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺼـﺒﺢ ﺧـﺒﲑﺍﹰ ﰱ ﻋـﺎﱂ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺄﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﰲ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﳎﻬﻮﺩ ﳑﻜﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (Windows NT , Windows ME Windows 2000،,.Windows XP، Windows Vista‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻ ﺍﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﰱ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫∗ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ‪.‬‬
‫∗ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ‪.‬‬
‫∗ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺬﺓ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫∗ ﺃﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫∗ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫∗ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﻤﻐﻨﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  Windows XP:‬‬

‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ) ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺧﺮ (‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ) ‪( start‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫‪Desktop‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪Desktop: ‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺗﺸﺒﻴﻬﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺍﻗﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ ) ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪﺍﺕ( ﻭ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻴﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Icons: ‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﲑ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﺄﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Taskbar:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﳝﻦ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻯ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﰒ ﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻭﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ" ﺍﺑﺪﺃ )‪" (Start‬ﰲ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪ ..‬ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪........‬ﺍﱁ ﰲ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻰ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬

 
 
  

‫ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻧﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﰎ ﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ‬ý
‫ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻁ‬.١
‫ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ‬
( ‫ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ) ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬.٢

‫ﻭ‬ ‫ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻻﻧﻘﺼﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‬، ‫ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﱏ‬
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
٣٠

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫‪ : ‬ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ" ﺍﺑﺪﺃ )‪ " (Start‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ )‪ (Start Menu‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ ‪(Classic‬‬
‫)‪ Start menu‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻳﻨﺴﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(Start Menu‬‬ ‫)‪(Classic Start menu‬‬
‫‪‬ﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﲑ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﺄﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻻﻥ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ‪)٠‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ (‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ‬
‫اﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪات‬
‫اﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫اﯾﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺗﻤﺜﻞ اﻟﻘﺮص اﻟﻤﺮن‬
 
:
 
 
 RAM 
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻻﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ‬ -١
( Properties ) ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬ -٢
( General ) ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﳓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ‬ -٣
‫ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺫﺍ‬- ‫ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ‬- ‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻡ‬ -٤
( ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
 
 
 
 
 
   
٣٢

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
‫زر‬ ‫زر ﺗﻜﺒﯿﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ‬   
‫اﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬة‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻨﻮان‬
‫اﻏﻼق‬
 
‫زر ﺗﺼﻐﯿﺮ‬
‫و ﺗﺤﻮﯾﻠﮭﺎ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﮭﺎم‬
٣٣

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ ﻻﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ( ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ )ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﻱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪ .‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ )ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ -‬ﳎﻠﺪﺍﺕ – ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﺏ ‪ .‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﱂ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﺯﺩﺣﺎﻡ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺍﳌﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﱄ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪Arrange Icons by‬‬
‫د ‪.‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ) ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻈﻬﺮ‪ ...‬ﺍﱁ( ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪ Properties‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٤‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫∗ ‪:  ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫‪:  ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫‪٣٥‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ) ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ( ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ) ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻂ – ﲤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﺊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ : ‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ )ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ‪ -‬ﺍﳌﻈﻬﺮ‪ ...‬ﺍﱁ(‬

‫ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﰒ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪٣٦‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫)‪(Category View‬‬ ‫)‪(Classic view‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫∗ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻴﺔ )‪(Category View‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ )‪ (Classic view‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Windows XP‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ‪ -‬ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪ ...‬ﺍﱁ(‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‪/‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ) ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ ....‬ﺍﱁ(‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ /‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ‪ /‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ(‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪ ...‬ﺍﱁ‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻣﲑﺍ‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﺲ‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪System‬‬
‫‪٣٧‬‬

 
 §
  
.... ‫ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ – ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺍﱁ‬- ‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‬، ‫ﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﳓﺎﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍ‬
. ‫ﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬‫ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍ‬، ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ‬-٢ ‫ﺍﺿﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ‬-١
‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺯﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ‬-٤ ‫ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ‬- ٣
٣٨

 
‫ﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﰱ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ‬‫ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍ‬ý
٣٩

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
‫ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻧﺪﻭﺯ‬.١
‫ﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺮﻙ ﺍﻻﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻭ ﺍ‬
‫ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﳎﻠﺪ‬، ‫ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﺷﺮ ﺍﱃ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
٤٠

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ : ‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﳎﻠﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻻﳝﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻻﳝﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ ﳎﻠﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻧﺪﻭﺯ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺮﻙ ﺍﻻﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﻝ<ﻯ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺺ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٦‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﺼﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫‪ Shift‬ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﲑ‬
‫• ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ Ctrl‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ‬
‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪٤١‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﱃ‬
‫‪ ý‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫)ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ –ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ(‬
‫§ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﱃ‬
‫§ ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫§ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻭ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﲰﻪ‬
‫§ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫§ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫§ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻠﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ) ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ (‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺜﻼ ) ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ (‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‪- :‬‬ ‫•‬
‫) ﺍﳌﻔﻜﺮﺓ –ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ (‬
‫‪٤٢‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ‬
‫§ ‪‬‬
‫) ‪(Accessories‬‬
‫§‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﰒ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﰒ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻡ ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﻛﺮﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎم‬
‫‪ ý‬ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺯﺭ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫‪٤٣‬‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎم‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎم‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻫﻮ ﳏﺮﺭ ﻧﺼﻰ ﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﰱ ﺍﳌﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﲞﻄﻮﻁ ﻭﺍﳕﺎﻁ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﲑﺓ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻧﺺ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ Enter‬ﰱ ‪‬ﺎﻳـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﻭ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺎﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﱃ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﺘﺒـﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻐـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣـﺔ ﺍﳌﻔـﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪ Alt-Shift‬ﺍﻻﳝـﻦ ) ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴـﺔ ( ﺍﳌﻔـﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪ Alt-Shift‬ﺍﻻﻳﺴـﺮ‬
‫) ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻼﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ (‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺄﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬

 
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻜﺎن ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﯾﻜﺘﺐ ھﻨﺎ اﺳﻢ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
 
 
 
   §
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
٤٥

 
 
 
 
 
 
‫ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ‬Alt-Shift  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
٤٦

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 §
   –
  
 
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻡ ﻭ ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
. ‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﲤﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‬






 
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
٤٧

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺍﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻻﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻻﺣﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ü‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻡ ) ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‪ -‬ﲤﺪﺩ (‬
‫ﻋﺰﯾﺰى اﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺣ ﺎول داﺋﻤ ﺎ ﺗﻘ ﺮأ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ ﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻌ ﺮف‬
‫ﻋﻠ ﻰ ﻣﺰﯾ ﺪ ﻣ ﻦ‬
‫ﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻠﻤ‬
‫اﻻﻧﺠﻠﯿﺰﯾ ﺔ ﻟﺮﻓ ﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮاك‬
‫ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﰒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ) ﺭﺍﺳﻰ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ(‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﺩ ‪ :‬ﲤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﺍﻻﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﲤﺪﺩ ‪ /‬ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤٨‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻮ )ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﺪ( ﺍﻯ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫‪ ý‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ ü‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ý‬ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﻭ ﺍﳊﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﰒ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﻤﺮﺍﺀ ﲣﻔﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ )‪ (٢‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﲣﻔﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﰱ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ) ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ (‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬

‫ﻭ ﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﺪ ﳜﻔﻰ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ )‪ (٣‬ﻭ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪٤٩‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ‬

‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ) ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ – ﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲡﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ( ﺍﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻂ ﳉﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ )‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ – ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﱁ ‪(.....‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﰒ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﰒ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Num Lock‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﲝﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ) ﺍﻯ ﻣﻀﺎﺀ (‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫& * ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻀﺮﺏ & ‪ /‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬ ‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ) ‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻤﺔ (‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻻﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪Enter‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ) ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ (‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ) ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ (‬
‫‪٥١‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ؟‬
‫‪........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪.........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ؟‬
‫‪........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪.........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ؟‬
‫‪........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪.........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ‪..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‪...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪......................................‬‬
‫‪.................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪...............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﰱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻧﺪﻭﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺳﻴﻚ ؟‬
‫‪.................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪...............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ – ٧‬ﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺧﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻧﺪﻭﺯ‬
‫‪٥٢‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﻌﺔ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة اﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ ‪- :‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﺘﻤﺮﯾﺮ ﻓﻰ‬

‫اﯾﻄﺎر ﻣﻠﻒ اﺳﺎﻟﯿﺐ اﻟﺘﺪرﯾﺲ‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ MICROSOFT WORD ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫• ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ )ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ – ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ(‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫• ﺷﺮﺡ ﺭﺍﺱ ﻭﺗﺰﻳﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﰱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘـﱪ ﺑﺮﻧـﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻌـﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻨﺼـﻮﺹ ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﻣـﻦ ﺃﻓﻀـﻞ ﺍﻟـﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴـﺎﹰ ﰱ ﻣﻌﺎﳉـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﳛﺼـﻞ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻏﺎﻳـﺔ‬
‫ﰱ ﺍﻟﺪﻗـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴــﻴﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴــﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧــﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺸــﻜﻞ ﻛـﺒﲑ ﰱ ﳎــﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴــﻜﺮﺗﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺳـﻼﺕ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬـﺎ ﰱ ﻣﻠﻔـﺎﺕ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﺳـﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﲝﻴـﺚ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺛـﺮ ﺍﻷﻛـﱪ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟـﻊ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ) ﻭﻭﺭﺩ( ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﰱ ﻧـﻮﻉ ﻭﺣﺠـﻢ ﻭﺷـﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋــﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺟــﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴــﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴــﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻘــﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺼــﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻛــﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤــﺚ ﻋــﻦ ﻛﻠﻤــﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻟــﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﻭﺍﳌﺴـﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﺋـﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻘـﺮﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨـﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﻗـﺎﻡ ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﺍﳉـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺳـﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﻭﲤﺜﻴـﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳉــﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺳــﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺳــﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴــﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀــﺎ ﺍﻟﻘــﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠــﻰ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺇﻃــﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺻــﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳــﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌـﺪﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺤـﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﳌـﺪﻗﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﻼﺋـﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼـﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺩﻣﺞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺳﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤـﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﻠـﻒ )ﺍﻟﻈـﺮﻑ( ﺍﻟﱪﻳـﺪﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣـﺎﹰ ﻓـﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﺰﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱴ ﲤﻜﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣـﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪   ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺇﻣﻼﺋﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪ /‬ﺗﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﳓﻮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ) ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻚ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺃﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﱃ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ (‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ /‬ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺢ ‪ /‬ﳏﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫‪ / Office Art‬ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ‪ Office Art‬ﺻﻮﺭﻳﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ clipart‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻳﺔ ‪ /‬ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺺ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﻭﺭﺩ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ) ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ( ﲢﺖ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺣﺪ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ‪ Office‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻬـــﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻨـــﺪﻭﺯ ﻓﺘﻈﻬـــﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺴﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟـﱪﺍﻣﺞ‬ ‫‪.٢‬‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

 
 
 
 

 
 
‫ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻭ ﲢﻮﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﱃ ﺭﻣﺰ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ‬Doc ‫ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﲜﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻱ‬
‫ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ‬Document ‫ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ‬، ‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺍﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
 .٢
٥٥ Microsoft Word
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻻﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻨﺴﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻫﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‪Insert .‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﻋﺮﺽ‪View .‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﲢﺮﻳﺮ‪Edit .‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻠﻒ‪File .‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‪Window .‬‬ ‫‪ -٧‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪Table .‬‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪Tools .‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ‪Format .‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ) Tools Bar‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ (ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌـﺎﺕ ﳛﺘـﻮﻯ ﻛـﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰱ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻣـﺮ ﻣﻌـﲔ ﺑﺴـﺮﻋﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺟـﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴـﺬﻩ ﻣـﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣـﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ ﲢﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲢﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳـﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰱ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺫﻭ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﲢﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺎﹰ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﺩﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ) Tools Bar‬ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ (‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪NEW‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺺ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﻟﺼﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫ﻟﺼﻖ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻗﺼﻪ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺨﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰎ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺅﻩ‬
‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍﹰ ﻋﻦ‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺶ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﰱ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻼﺋﻰ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱏ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫‪Microsoft Graph‬‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﱏ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎذاة اﻟﻨﺺ ﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﯿﺴﺎر‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪاد رﻗﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﯿﻂ اﻟﻨﺺ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎذاة اﻟﻨﺺ ﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﯿﺴﺎر‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻧﻘﻄﻰ‬
‫§ ‪  ‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ) ﻣﻠﻒ ( ﺗﻨﺴﺪﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ) ﺟﺪﻳﺪ( ﻭ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﰱ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﲡﺪ ﰱ ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﺓ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫§ ‪‬‬
‫§ ‪  ‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﺊ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻥ ﲢﺪﺩﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﲡﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫§ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ) ﻫﻮﺍﻣﺶ‪-‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ‪-‬ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ (‬
‫‪٥٨‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺍﲡﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﻳﺔ ) ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ(‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﳉﻌﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺄﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪- ١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ‪File .‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Print‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪ Print‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﮭﺎز‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮب ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﮭﺎ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﮫ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬

‫ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﮭﺎز‬
‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  :‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ‬
‫‪ ،Margins‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪File‬‬ ‫‪ - ١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻻﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ ý‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺳـﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺻـﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ﻣﺼـﻐﺮﺓ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘـﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻨـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻰ ‪ Page Up‬ﻟﻠﺼـﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴـﺎﺑﻘﺔ ‪ Page Dn ،‬ﻟﻠﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ü‬ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪Margins .‬‬
‫‪ ü‬ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪Print .‬‬
‫‪ ü‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪Cancel .‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

 
  –
‫ـﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳـﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻨﺴـﻴﻖ ﺍﳋـﻂ ﻭﺫﻟـﻚ‬
.‫ﺎﻝ‬‫ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‬،‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻭﻣﺮﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﺉ‬
 (Font ) 
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬-١
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬-٢


(Size )  
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺩﺍﺓ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬-١
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬-٢
   
‫ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‬A‫ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ‬-
٦١ Microsoft Word
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﰱ‬ ‫‪ü‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪Format‬‬
‫‪) font‬ﺧﻂ ( ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪ - ٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺧﻂ )‪ (font‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺈﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ / FORMAT‬ﺧﻂ ‪ / FONT‬ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ANIMATION‬ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻝ ‪ DEMO‬ﻭﻻﻛﻦ ﺍﻗﻞ ﰱ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ‬ ‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺑﻜﺜﲑ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﺔ ) ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ –‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮﺓ ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺔ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ‪ (..‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰱ ﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﺎﺡ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦٢‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫َ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺿـ ‪Shift +‬‬
‫ً ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﺻـ ‪Shift+‬‬
‫ُ ﺿﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺛـ ‪Shift+‬‬
‫ٌ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﺿﻢ‬ ‫ﻕ ‪Shift+‬‬
‫ﻹ‬ ‫ﻑ ‪Shift+‬‬
‫ﺇ‬ ‫ﻍ ‪Shift +‬‬
‫ِ ﻛﺴﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺵ ‪Shift+‬‬
‫ٍ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻦ ﻛﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﺱ ‪Shift+‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺕ ‪Shift+‬‬
‫ّ ﺷﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺫ ‪Shift+‬‬
‫ْ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺀ ‪Shift+‬‬
‫§ ‪  Table‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺭﺃﺳﻴﻪ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪ Columns‬ﻭﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﺃﻓﻘﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ‪ Row‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼـﻔﻮﻑ ﺑﺎﳋﻼﻳـﺎ‬
‫‪ Cells‬ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ) ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ( ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺗﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ v‬‬
‫) ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﳏﺪﺩﻩ ( ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳝ ﲔ ﺍﱃ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﺳﻄﺮﺍﹰ ﺧﺎﱄ ﺍﹰﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪enter‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺃﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﺩﺍﻩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻐﲑ ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﰱ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻮﻯ ﻭﺇﺳـﺤﺐ ﺍﳌـﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﱃ‬ ‫‪-٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤ ﲔ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺠـﻢ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﻠـﻮﺏ ﻭﻳﻼﺣـﻆ ﺑـﺎﻥ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼـﻔﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺣﺪﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﰱ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪   ý‬‬
‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﳏﺪﺩﻩ ( ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺃﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺇﺗﺮﻙ ﺳﻄﺮﺍ ﺧﺎﱃ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪. Enter‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪. Table‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ Insert Table‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ‪ Insert table‬ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪  ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪:-‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪TAB‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﰱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫) ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ (‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ TAB‬ﺳﻴﻨﺸﺄ ﺳﻄﺮﺍﹰ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ‬
‫‪SHIFT + TAB‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫↓‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﲡﺎﻩ‬
‫←‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ALT + Pg UP‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ALT+ Pg DN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ALT + Home‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬

‫‪ALT + End‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﰱ ‪‬ﺎﻳـﺔ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ ﺣـﺮﻙ ﻧﻘﻄـﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺁﺧـﺮ ﺧﻠﻴـﺔ ﰱ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ ﰒ‬
‫ﺃﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪ TAB‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺳﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:-‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺣﺮﻙ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‬
‫‪-٢‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺟﺪﺃﻭﻝ ‪TABLE‬‬
‫‪-٣‬ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ‪ INSERT rows‬ﺳﻴﻀﺎﻑ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  < ý‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ‪ INSERT CELLS‬ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻒ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ ) ‪( INSERT ENTIRE ROW‬‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:-‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪TABLE.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪INSERT COLUMNS‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫‪٦٦‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ INSERT CELLS‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ) ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ (‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ INSERT CELLS‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪INSERT CELLS‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ )ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ( ‪ INSERT ENTIRE COLUMN‬ﰒ ﺃﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪OK .‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‪:-‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﻙ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳋﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﺗﺴﺎﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻥ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻼﻣـﺔ ‪ +‬ﰱ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟـﺔ ﺇﺳـﺤﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺳـﺎﺭ ﻟﺰﻳـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌـﺮﺽ ﻭﻋﻨـﺪ ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﳚﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ )ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ( ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻠﻴـﺔ ﰒ ﺣـﺮﻙ ﺍﳋـﻂ ﺍﻟـﺬﻯ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤـﺪﺓ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧـﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻄﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺤﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﱃ ﳝﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﱃ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ) ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ( ﺇﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:-‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺣﺪﺩ ) ﻋﻠﻰ ( ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪. Table‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻰ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ) ﻋﻠﻰ ( ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪Borders‬‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﺒـﺎﺭﺓ ﻋـﻦ ﺧﻄـﻮﻁ ﺷـﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋـﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﳛﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ ﻣـﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻪ ﺇﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:-‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪. Format‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺇﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ‪-:Border and shading‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪٦٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‪Microsoft Word‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫§ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ) ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ( ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻂ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﳕﻂ ﺧﻂ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺧﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪-٥‬‬
‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪MERGE CELLS :‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﰱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:-‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺇﻧﺸﻰﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ) ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺣﺪﺩ )ﻋﻠﻢ ( ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﳎﻬﺎ )‪.( ١،٢‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪. TABLE .‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ‪. MERGE CELLS .‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺨﺘﻔﻰ‬ ‫‪ -٦‬ﺃﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻛﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪ .‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪  :-‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ " ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ " ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﺍﱃ "ﺑﻨﲔ ﻭ "ﺑﻨﺎﺕ "‬
‫اﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮع‬ ‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻄﻼب‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻤﯿﮫ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎت‬ ‫ﺑﻨﯿﻦ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﱃ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺳﻄﺮﺍﹰ ﺧﺎﻟﻴ ﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪:-‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻙ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﳝﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪١٥٤٨٦‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﺩ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬ ‫‪٢٣٦٦‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﺮﻑ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬ ‫‪٢٥٢٥٤‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ‬ ‫‪٦٥٦٦٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﲪﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬ ‫‪٤٥٤٥٤‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪table‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ Split Tabel‬ﺳﻴﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﱃ ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻷﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﳝﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪١٥٤٨٦‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﺎﺩ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬ ‫‪٢٣٦٦‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﺮﻑ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬ ‫‪٢٥٢٥٤‬‬

‫ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﺣﺴﻦ‬ ‫‪٦٥٦٦٦‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺼﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﲪﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬ ‫‪٤٥٤٥٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺮﻙ ﻧﻘﻄـﻪ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺴـﻄﺮ ﺍﳋـﺎﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩ ﺑـﲔ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﰒ‬
‫ﺃﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪delete‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ) ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ (‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ) ﺻﻮﺭﺓ (‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ) ‪( Clip Art‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﲢﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫‪ .٥‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﻠﻒ ) ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

 
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﺴﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬-٦

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬-٧
‫ ( ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬Clip Art ) ‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
  §
٧٢ Microsoft Word
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﻛﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﰱ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺻـﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ﻭﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﻗـﻢ ﺍﻟﺼـﻔﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻠـﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺻـﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣـﻮﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗـﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪. view‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺭﺃﺱ ‪ /‬ﺯﻳﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ Header / Footer‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪Header /‬‬
‫‪. Footer‬‬
‫‪ Header‬ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ‪ Footer‬ﻹﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺗﺰﻳﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫‪- ٤‬ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ‪ Ok‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﰱ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ close‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺭﺍﺱ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﺯﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻏﻼﻕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﺍﺱ ﻭﺯﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫§ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺎ ﰎ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﰱ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫§ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻈﻬـﺮ ﺟـﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻵﺗﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻻﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﳔﺘـﺎﺭ ﻣﻨـﻬﺎ )ﺍﻇﻬـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ( ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٧٤‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

 
 
 §
  
(‫ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ‬.١
( ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ) ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ‬.٢
 
٧٥ Microsoft Word
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ‬
‫ﲰﻚ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ) ﺭﺳﻢ ‪ /‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ( ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫‪.٥‬‬
‫ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﻻﻳﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﳑﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣـﻞ ﻣـﻊ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﻣﻮﺿـﻊ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ) ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ (‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﳏﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ) ﳝﲔ ‪ /‬ﴰﺎﻝ ‪ /‬ﻭﺳﻂ ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ) ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ( ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻸﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪٧٦‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫– ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪insert‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ – ٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‬
‫ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﶈﺎﺫﺍﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ‬

‫ﳝﲔ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ)ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﻔﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻭﱃ ﺍﻡ ﻻ‬
‫–ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﺫﺍﺓ ) ‪( position and alignment‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘـﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴـﻴﻖ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛـﺎﻥ ﳝـﲔ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺳـﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺼـﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﱃ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳـﺔ ﻭ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ – ٤‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ format‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻈﻬـﺮ ﺷﺎﺷـﺔ ‪ page number format‬ﳝﻜﻨـﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺷـﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ‪ ، number format‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻳﻀﺎﹰ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﺜـﺎﻝ ) ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺘﺒـﺖ ﻣﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﰱ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ١٥‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﰒ ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺧـﺮ ﳚـﺐ ﺗـﻮﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﺘـﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬
‫ﳒﻌﻞ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻥ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﰱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﱃ‬
‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ – ٥‬ﰒ ﺇﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ ok‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﲡﺪ ﺍﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﰎ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫§‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳌﺴﺎﺕ ﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ) ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ (‬
‫ﻭ ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪Word Art‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﲎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ‪Word‬‬ ‫§‬
‫‪ Art‬ﻭ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪A‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﻕ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻭ ﺗـﺤﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳـﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤــﺪﻳﺪ ﻋــﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫§ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻛﺘــﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫‪٧٨‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

 
‫ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫§ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
    
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻻﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
: ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
٧٩ Microsoft Word
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﳊﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ‪File .‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺄﺳﻢ ‪ ، Save as‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﺄﺳﻢ ‪Save As‬‬
‫‪  save as‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪File Name‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫‪folder‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﳛﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫‪Drives‬‬ ‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺳﻴﺤﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫‪File Sharing‬‬ ‫ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ )ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺳﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ (‬
‫‪Save File As Type‬‬ ‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫‪Options‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪Cancel‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪OK‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﻵﰐ‪:-‬‬

‫‪ - ١‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﰉ ‪ ٨‬ﺍﺣﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ " @ ‪* & ^ % $ #‬‬
‫‪:|>< } {.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﳚﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‪File Name .‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ )ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ‪(folder .‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪Drive .‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻈﺔ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ Ok‬ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨٠‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ‪) Summary Info‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣـﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺼـﻴﺔ ( ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟـﺬﻛﺮ ﺑـﺄﻥ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﳝﻜـﻦ‬
‫ﲡﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻀـﻐﻂ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻣﺮﺑـﻊ )ﺇﻟﻐـﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣـﺮ ( ‪ ، Cancel‬ﺣﻴـﺚ ﺃ‪‬ـﺎ ﻻ ﺗـﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫********‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ؟‬
‫ج‪-‬‬ ‫ب‪-‬‬ ‫أ‪-‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‬

‫ج‪-‬‬ ‫ب‪-‬‬ ‫أ‪-‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫ج‪-‬‬ ‫ب‪-‬‬ ‫أ‪-‬‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ج‪-‬‬ ‫ب‪-‬‬ ‫أ‪-‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ج‪-‬‬ ‫ب‪-‬‬ ‫أ‪-‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ )ﻫﻮﺍﻣﺶ( ﳝﲔ ‪٣‬ﺳﻢ ‪ -‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ‪٣‬ﺳﻢ – ﻋﻠﻮﻯ ‪٤‬ﺳﻢ – ﺳﻔﻠﻰ ‪ ٢‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺩﺭﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺑﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪:‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ) ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ (‬
‫‪٨١‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻳﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ ؟‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺯﺭﻕ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪ :‬ﻻﲡﺮ ﺃﻯ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨٢‬‬ ‫‪Microsoft Word‬‬
 
٨٣ Microsoft Word
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ (‬
‫• ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﺴﺎﺕ ) ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ (‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ "ﺃﻛﺴﻞ" ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﲟﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻣـﻦ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴـﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺋﻠـﺔ ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋـﺔ ﺳـﺘﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﺴـﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺳﺎﺳـﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣـﻞ ﻣــﻊ ﺍﻹﻋـﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺘﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﲢـﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻ ﺃﻥ " ﺃﻛﺴـﻞ" ﻳﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﰱ ﺃﻏـﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣـﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠـﻰ ﺳـﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜــﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻨـﻚ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪Excel‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻻﺳـﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻧـﺎﺗﺞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﱪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔـﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋـﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫‪،‬ﻭﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﲎ ﺗﺸـﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﻭﺭﻗـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴـﺎﹰ ﺑﺄﺷـﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌـﺪﺩﺓ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴـﺔ‬
‫)‪ (charts‬ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴـﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﳉـﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴـﺔ ﻭﺇﺟـﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻤﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ) ﺍﻛﺴﻴﻞ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ – ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ‪ -‬ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ) ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻻﺕ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯ‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺈﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ) ‪( SLIDE SHOW‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ (WORKSHEET‬ﻹﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٨٢‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺝ‪-‬ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ) ‪. (SHARTS‬‬
‫ﺩ‪-‬ﺇﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﻛﺮﻭ ﻭ)ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺰﻻﺕ( ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ‪ -‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﺳﻠﻮﺏ )‪. (SLIDES‬‬
‫‪  EXCEL ‬‬

‫(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺯ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ) ‪start‬‬ ‫‪.١‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ) ‪. ( programs‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ) ‪( Microsoft Office‬‬
‫‪ .٤‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪   ‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٨٣‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻘﻰ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel‬‬ ‫‪٨٤‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ý‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﲝﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ )‪ ٢٥٦=(IV-A‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ )‪(٨‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺎﱂ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ý‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻮﻑ(‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ )‪. (٦٥٥٣٦-١‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﳑﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﻃﻌﲔ ) ‪. (A1‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ < ‪ ٤‬ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ = )‪(٦٥٥٣٦ X ٢٥٦‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﻫﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﳛﻴﻂ ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ )ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ( ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﻮﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎﹰ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻰ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ )‪ ) (BOOK1‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ +‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ +‬ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ(‬
‫‪   ý‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٨٥‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺐ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻚ ﻭﳝﻜـﻦ ﻣـﻦ ﺧﻼﻟـﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﻧـﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻂ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ – ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ – ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻰ ﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻂ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻄﺔ – ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰱ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎﹰ ﻳﻐﻠﻖ ﺇﻛﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰱ ﺇﻛﺴﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪:  ý‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰱ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ = ﺗﻜﺒﲑﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﺺ = ﺇﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﱃ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﲑ = ﺗﻘﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﱃ ﺭﻣﺰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  EXCEL‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٨٦‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ )ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ(‬
‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ )ﻉ(‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﻞ )ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﺃﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ (‬
‫ﺝ‪-‬ﳜﺼﺺ ﺍﻹﻛﺴﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ]‪ [.XLS‬ﳑﻴﺰﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪   ‬‬
‫‪ (١‬ﺇﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫‪ (٢‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺀ ‪EXIT‬‬
‫ﺏ‪: -‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎﹰ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ‬
‫‪   ‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ )‪ (ALT‬ﰒ )‪ (F‬ﰒ ) ‪(X‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ‪FILE = F‬‬
‫‪EXIT = X‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺇﻛﺴﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻴﲎ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ )ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺕ ( ‪TOOLS‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪OPTIONS‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﱃ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ‪RIGHT TO LEFT SHEET‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪OK‬‬
‫‪  LEFT SHIFT + ∧ US ← E‬‬
‫‪  RIGHT SHIFT +∧← ‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٨٧‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪   ‬‬
‫‪: ‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺇﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ‬
‫‪-٢‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪-٣‬ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺇﻛﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩﻯ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫)ﺏ( ‪: ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ) ‪( ALT. + Spacebar‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ :‬ﺃ‪) ARABIC -‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ = ﺩﻋﻢ ( ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺏ‪) SYSTEM -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ = ﺇﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ (‬
‫ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ )ﺩﻭﻝ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ(‬
‫‪-٣‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻣﺮ )ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ(‬
‫ﲢﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ )ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺃ‪-: -‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﹰ )ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ( ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٨٨‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ – ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫⇑‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﰱ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫|‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ‬ ‫⇔⇑‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬ ‫?‬
‫‪   ‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ " ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ " ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﲜﺪﻳﺔ(ﻭﻫﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ) ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ – ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﺭ – ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪(A1‬‬
‫ﺝ‪-‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ )ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻛﻮﻝ(‬
‫ﺩ‪-‬ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻩ‪-‬ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪(A2‬‬
‫ﻭ‪-‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ) ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻣﺎ (‬
‫ﺯ‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺡ‪-‬ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪(A3‬‬
‫ﻁ‪-‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ) ﻋﺎﻡ ‪(٢٠٠٧‬‬
‫ﻯ‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٨٩‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬

‫ﰱ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺑﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﰎ ﲡﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ (A5‬ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ (A6‬ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ) ‪ (A7‬ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩ‪-‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ (A8‬ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻩ‪-‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ (A9‬ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (A10‬ﰒ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﺍﳌﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩٠‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪-: ( Entering Numeric ) ‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪###‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃ‪-‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ B6‬ﺍﱃ ‪D9‬‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ١٠٠٠‬ﰒ ﺍﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﰱ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (B6‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ‪B7‬‬
‫ﺝ‪-‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٢٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪B7‬‬
‫‪٢٥٠٠‬‬ ‫‪B8‬‬
‫‪٣٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪B9‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ý‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﰱ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﲰـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺍﺋﻢ )ﻛـﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ( ﻣﺜﻞ " ﻣﻠﻒ " ‪ ،‬ﻭ " ﲢﺮﻳﺮ " ‪ ،‬ﻭ "ﻋﺮﺽ" ‪ ،‬ﻭ " ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ" ‪ ،‬ﻭ "ﺟﺪﻭﻝ"‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩١‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ý‬ﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﻰ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﻣـﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬـﺎ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﳌﻔـﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺴـﻤﻰ ) ‪ ( SHORTCUT KEYS‬ﺃﻯ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Í‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Í‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ )‪ ٣‬ﻧﻘﻂ ‪ ( ...‬ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻧﺸﻂ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺅﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ Í‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )‬
‫‪ Í‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ)ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ‪-‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ( ﺃﻭ ‪+ALT‬ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﲢﺘﻪ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﲟﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﲟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ]‪. [ ESC‬‬
‫‪ Í‬ﻣﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ) ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﳏﻔﻮﻅ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻻﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ( ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼـﻔﺤﺔ ﳔﺘـﺎﺭ ﻣﻨـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻃﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗـﺔ ﺑـﺎﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪..‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩٢‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻴﺎﹰ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ )ﻫﻮﺍﻣﺶ (‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﰱ ﺃﻯ ﺇﲡﺎﻩ ﺗﺒﻌﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ FILE‬ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ PAGE SETUP‬ﰒ ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ ‪. MARGINS‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩٣‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓﻭ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻔﻞ = ‪٢‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ = ‪٢‬‬ ‫‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭ = ‪١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﳝﲔ = ‪١‬‬
‫‪  :‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ) ‪ ( (FILE‬ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ )‪. ( PAGE SETUP‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ‪ PRINTER SETUP‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﺭ ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﰒ ‪ OK‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  :‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﺑـ ‪. CANCEL‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﲢﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺗﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ :‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻭ ﺗﺬﻳﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ -‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﻣﺶ ‪ -‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ BOX PAGE SETUP DIALOG‬ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺅﻩ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ )‪ ( FILE‬ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ) ‪ ( PRINT‬ﺃﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ) ‪PAGE‬‬
‫‪. (SETUP‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ )‪ ( FILE‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ) ‪ (PAGE SETUP‬ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ )ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ – ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ – ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻟـﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳋﻠﻴـﺔ – ﻭﻇﻴﻔـﺔ ﻣﺒﻴﻨـﺔ (ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟـﺔ ﺍﳍـﺪﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰱ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟـﺔ ﳚـﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒـﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﻼﻣـﺔ )=(‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪  < > ^ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪   ‬‬
‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩٤‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﻌﻜﺲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ) ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ (‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﰱ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ‪B11‬‬ ‫&‬ ‫‪ ( = c9*d10 ) -‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪   ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﲨﻊ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺷﻬﺮ )ﻳﻨﺎﻳﺮ( ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰱ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ B6‬ﺍﱃ ‪(B9‬‬
‫ﻫﻰ ‪٣٠٠٠ + ٢٥٠٠ + ٢٠٠٠ + ١٠٠٠ = :‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﰱ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ‪ B10‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺃﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻘﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ‪B10‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪-‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ) ∑ ( ﺍﳉﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ‪B6 :B9‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ )‪ (٨٥٠٠‬ﰱ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (B10‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬ ‫ﺩ‪-‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩٥‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺪى‬ ‫اﻟﺠﻤﻊ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﯾﻂ اﻟﻤﻌﺎدﻟﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬

‫اﻻدﺧﺎل ﺗﻈﮭﺮ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪ (‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ )‪ (١٥٠‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺒﻴﺘﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ )‪ (Functions‬ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﰱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ = (SUM‬ﻫﻰ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﲨﻊ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰱ )ﻣﺪﻯ ﳏﺪﺩ( ‪) .‬ﺻﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ(‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﲨﻊ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺷﻬﺮ )ﻓﱪﺍﻳﺮ( ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰱ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ) ‪ C6‬ﺍﱃ ‪ (C9‬ﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫) ‪( = C6+C7+C8+C9‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﰱ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ) ‪ (C10‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺃﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪-‬ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ‪C10‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩٦‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺏ‪-‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )=( ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻯ )ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺇﻛﺴﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ (‬
‫ﺝ‪-‬ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪( = C6+C7+C8+C9) :‬‬
‫ﺩ‪-‬ﺇﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ )‪ (٨٥٠٠‬ﰱ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (C10‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﰱ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺻﻴﻎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎﹰ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ‪fx‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩٧‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪IF‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﲔ ﰒ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﲔ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﰱ ﻫــﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜــﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﺟــﺪ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄـﻼﺏ‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠــﻰ ﳎﻤــﻮﻉ ﻣﻌــﲔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻄﻠـــــﻮﺏ ﻛﺘﺎﺑـــــﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠــﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷــﺮﺓ ﺍﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗـﺪ ﻳﻘﺒـﻞ ﺍﻡ ﻻ ﰱ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻧﻔﺮﺽ ﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﲬﺴﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ )‪( ٥٠‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ) C2‬ﺍﻯ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ (‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ) ‪ ( fx‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ) ‪( IF‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩٨‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﯾﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺸﺮط وھﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﺐ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺮاد‬ ‫ﻧﻜﻨﺐ اﻟﻨﺘﯿﺠﺔ اﻟﻤﺮاد‬
‫اﻛﺒﺮﻣﻦ >‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫اﻇﮭﺎرھﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‬ ‫اﻇﮭﺎرھﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم‬
‫اذا ﻛﺎن ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ اﻟﺸﺮط ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮط ‪‬ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺨﻠﯿﺔ اﻛﺒﺮ ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﺜﻼ‬ ‫" ﻻﯾﻘﺒﻞ "‬
‫" ﻧﺎﺟﺢ وﯾﻘﺒﻞ "‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﳋﻠﻴﺔ ‪ C2‬ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ٩٩‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫‡ ﻫﻮ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺼــﻞ ﺍﱃ ‪ ١٤‬ﻧـــﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﻴﺔ … ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‬
‫‡ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱏ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻠـﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻈـﺮﻩ ﻭﺍﺣـﺪﻩ ﺑـﺪﻻ ﻣـﻦ ﲢﻠﻴـﻞ ﺍﳉـﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﱃ "ﺍﻛﺴﻞ" ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴـﺎ ﺭﺑـﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺎﱏ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﱴ‬
‫ﳝﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‡ ﺑﺎﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻟﺘﻀﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺎﱏ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺎﱏ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺎﱏ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ ﻧﻔـﺲ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١٠٠‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻴﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ‬
‫‪ ) ‬ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﰱ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ‪( ٤ – ١‬‬

‫‪ .١‬ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﲣﻄﻴﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻴﻂ ﺧﻄﻰ‬ ‫ﲣﻄﻴﻂ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﲣﻄﻴﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﻲ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١٠١‬‬

 
‫ ( ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬٤ – ٢ ‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﺴﺔ ﰱ ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ) ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ‬- ٢
. ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ‬
Microsoft Excel ١٠٢

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻰ‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫) ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ( ٤ – ٣‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ) ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ( ٤ – ٤‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١٠٣‬‬

 
 
  
‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ‬٧٥ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺝ‬
٥ ‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺒﲔ‬٢٠
        

       

  
––––
  –––– 
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭ ﳝﺜﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ‬work book ‫ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬: ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﻻ ﳛﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﻓﺎﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﱴ ﲤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺃﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺘﻚ‬
. ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻓﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻥ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
Microsoft Excel ١٠٤

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ :‬ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺪﺩ ﲢﺪﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﰱ ﺣﺎﺳﺒﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﰒ ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﰱ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﻴﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﳓﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ) ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ (work book‬ﻭ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻻﳝﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻧﻀﻴﻒ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ‪ ٣‬ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻻﳝﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﰒ) ﺍﺩﺭﺍﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻧﺎ ﻣﻠﻒ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١٠٥‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ : t‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﺎ ) ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ (‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﻓﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ( ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺿـﺤﺔ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴـﻪ ﺣـﱴ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١٠٦‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (A8, B8, C8, D8, E8, F8, G8‬ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﰒ ﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫)‪ (Format‬ﰒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (Cells‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (Format Cells‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫• ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﶈﺎﺫﺍﺓ )‪ (Alignment‬ﰒ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ )‪ (Text control‬ﳒﺪ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (Merge cells‬ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )‪ (ü‬ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ )‪(OK‬‬
‫(‬ ‫ﰒ ﻟﺘﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ )‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪  ‬‬
‫• ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (A9, A10‬ﻣﻌﺎ ﻭﻟﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (B9, B10‬ﻣﻌﺎ ﻭﻟﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (C9, C10‬ﻣﻌﺎ ﻭﻟﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬
‫• ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (G9, G10‬ﻣﻌﺎ ﻭﻟﻮ‪‬ﻢ‪،‬‬
‫• ﰒ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (A15, B15, C15, D15‬ﻣﻌﺎ ﻭﻟﻮ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١٠٧‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﰒ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (A16, B16, C16, D16, E16‬ﻣﻌﺎ ﻭﻟﻮ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫• ﰒ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (G11, G12, G13, G14, G15, G16‬ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫• ﰒ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢـﺖ ﺧﻠﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴـﺔ ﻧﺮﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (C11, C12, C13, C14‬ﻭﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ )‪ (Format‬ﰒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (Cells‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١٠٨‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ‪CategoryNumber‬‬
‫‪OK Fraction‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢـﺖ ﺧﻠﻴـﺔ ﺳـﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣـﺪﺓ ﻧﺮﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺗﻌـﱪ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺜﻤﻦ ﻧﻌﻠـﻢ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻼﻳـﺎ ) ‪ (D11, D12, D13, D14‬ﻭﻧﻔـﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ )‪ (Format‬ﰒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ )‪ (Cells‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻱ )‪  (Format Cells‬‬
‫)‪ (Category‬ﳒـﺪ ﺛﻼﺛـﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫• ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺭﻗـﻢ )‪ (Number‬ﰒ ﲢـﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺴـﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺌـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨــﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـــﻠﺔ )‪ (Currency‬ﻧﻌﻠـﻢ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﻭﻧﺘﺄﻛـﺪ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﺟﻨﻴـﻪ ﻣﺼــــﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴـﻴﻖ ﻟﻸﺭﻗـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍ‪‬ـﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻠﻤـﺔ ﺍﳌﻨـﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸـﺮﻳﺔ )‪(Decimal place‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (٣‬ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻪ )‪ (٢‬ﻧﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (OK‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺖ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻦ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (E11, E12, E13, E14, E15‬ﻭﻧﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ )‪ (Format‬ﰒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﻼﻳﺎ )‪ (Cells‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺧﻼﺑﺎ )‪ (Format Cells‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫• ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (Number‬ﰒ ﲢـﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺴـﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺌـﺔ )‪ (Category‬ﳒـﺪ ﺛﻼﺛـﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ )‪ (Currency‬ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﻭﻧﺘﺄﻛـﺪ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﺟﻨﻴـﻪ ﻣﺼـﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻈﻬـﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )‪ (Decimal place‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺸـﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺑـﻪ ﺍﻟـﺮﻗﻢ )‪(٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻪ )‪ (٢‬ﻧﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (OK‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١٠٩‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺖ ﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﻳـﺪ ﻭﺿـﻊ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺗﻌـﱪ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺜﻤﻦ ﻧﻌﻠـﻢ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻼﻳـﺎ )‪ (F11, F12, F13, F14, F15, F16‬ﻭﻧﻔـﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤـﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Format‬ﰒ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ )‪ (Cells‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭﻱ )‪ (Format Cells‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫• ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ )‪ (Number‬ﰒ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ )‪ (Category‬ﳒﺪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ )‪ (Currency‬ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻧﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻱ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )‪ (Decimal place‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )‪ (٣‬ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻪ )‪(٢‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰒ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ )‪ (OK‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫• ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ )‪ (C‬ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ)‪ (D‬ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫& ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (E11‬ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﺎﺕ &‬
‫• ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﲦﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺿﺮﺏ ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻒ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (E11‬ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ = ‪ D11*C11‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﰒ‬
‫ﻧﻀﻐﻂ )‪(Enter‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻧﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺣﱴ )‪ (E13‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﲦﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (F14‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﺬﻫﺎ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻚ‪.‬‬
‫& ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (E15‬ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺇﲨﺎﱄ ﲦﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﺔ &‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﺬﻫﺎ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻚ‪.‬‬
‫&‪  &F16‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﺬﻫﺎ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١١٠‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﺔ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ( ﻓﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰱ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ )ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻭﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳋﺎﻡ (‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺧﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻛﻴﻨـﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺒـﻊ ﻧﻔـﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄــﻮﺍﺕ ( ﻣــﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈــﺔ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴــﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴــﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴــﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰱ ﺍﻯ ﻓــﺎﺗﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻰ )ﺍﳉﻤﻊ( ﻭ )ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ( ﻭ ﻟﻜـﻦ ﻗﺼـﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١١١‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻧﺪﺭﺏ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﳌﻌﻠﻤﻚ ﺍﳊـﻖ ﰱ ﺗﻐـﻴﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﺴﺎﺕ ) ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ (‬

‫ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﲟﻮﺿﻮﻋﲔ ﳘﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .١‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﺴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﱃ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ) ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ – ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺭ –ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪....-‬ﺍﱁ ( ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .٢‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻷ ‪ :‬ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ )‪ : (١‬ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫) ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﺔ (‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺴﺠﻞ ﰱ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﲦﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ‬ ‫ﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻙ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﺍﻡ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺥ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﲨـــﻠﺔ ﲦﻦ ﺍﳋــﺎﻣــﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ )‪ : (٢‬ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﰐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺟﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﻉ‪.‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﻉ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻉ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١١٢‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻉ‪.‬ﻡ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﺟـــــﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ )‪ : (٣‬ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻵﰐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻡ‬
‫ﺟـ‬ ‫ﻕ‬
‫ﲦﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ‪ %١٠‬ﺍﱃ ‪%٢٠‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺮﻛﺰ ﰱ ﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪%‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫^‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺱ‬
‫* ﻭ ‪/‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫_‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١١٣‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪( ٥ + ٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ )‪ (١‬ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ )‬
‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻟﺜﺎﻧﯿﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺨﻄﻮة اﻻوﻟﻰ ادﺧﺎل‬ ‫ادﺧﺎل اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻻول‬ ‫ادﺧﺎل اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ =‬
‫=‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫‪%١٠ X ١٠٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ )‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫(‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻞ ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﺔ ﰒ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ) =( ﰒ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ) ‪ (١٠٥٠‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ)‪ (%‬ﰒ )‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻻﺳﺲ ﻭ ﺍﳉﺬﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﰱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺟﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺲ ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻻﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪fx‬‬
‫ﻧﺨﺘﺎر اﻻس ‪power‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ رﯾﺎﺿﯿﺎت وﻣﺜﻠﺜﺎت‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﺐ اﻻﺳﺎس‬ ‫‪Microsoft Excel ١١٤‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﺐ اﻻس ‪power‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻥ ﻧﺸــﺘﺮﻯ ﻣﺴــﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺭﺷــﺘﻚ ﻓﺤــﺪﺩﺕ ﺑﻌــﺾ ﺍﻷﺻــﻨﺎﻑ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌــﺮﻑ ﻗﻴﻤــﺔ ﺍﻟﺸــﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫) ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ( ﰱ ﺑﺮﻧـﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻻ ﻛﺴـﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺼـﻞ ﺑﺴـﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺠﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺁﻻﰐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ = ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ X‬ﺳﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟـﻤﺎﱄ = ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﻒ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻰ‬
‫ﺝ ‪(E1*C2 ) -‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪(=C1*C3 ) -‬‬ ‫‪( =C2*D2‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪) -‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻨﻒ ﻫﻰ‬
‫ﺝ‪(E2+E3+E4+E5+E6)-‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪(=D1+F2+C3+E1) -‬‬ ‫ﺃ‪(=D1+F2+C3+E1) -‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪:‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻤﻮذج اﻟﺬى أﻣﺎﻣﻚ أوﺟﺪ‪‬اﻻﺗﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮع درﺟﺎت ﻛﻞ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﯿﺐ اﻷﺑﺠﺪي‬
‫‪ -٣‬اﻛﺘﺐ أﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع ﻓﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﺔ ‪f5‬‬
‫) ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﻤﺪ(‬ ‫‪ -٤‬و اﻛﺘﺐ اﺳﻢ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﺔ اﻟﺘﻰ ﺑﮭﺎ اﺳﻢ‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١١٥‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪: ICDL‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﺆال اﻻول ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﻘﺒﺾ اﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ اﻟﻰ اﻟﺨﻠﯿﺔ ‪ ، A5‬ﺑﺄﯾﮫ ﻗﯿﻤﺔ ﯾﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ ‪A5‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻏﲑ ﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Excel ١١٦‬‬

 
Microsoft Excel ١١٧

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪MICROSOFT ACCESS ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﰱ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ) ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ – ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ – ﳕﺎﺫﺝ – ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ (‬
‫• ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪: Data base‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ھﻲ ﺑﯿﺎﻧﺎت ﺗﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻤﮭﺎ أو‬ ‫ھﻲ اﻷرﻗﺎم أو اﻟﺤﺮوف أو‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﮭﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﯿﻖ أﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﻣﻮز أو اﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎت اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﺃﻛﺴﺲ ‪ Microsoft Access‬ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﲤﻜﻨـﻚ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻣﻦ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻔﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺸﺘﺮ ﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻓﻮﺍﺗﲑ ﻣﻨﻮﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻃﻼﺏ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻣﺮﺿﻰ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺣﺼﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﳍﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻓﻬﺎﺭﺱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻭﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻋﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺎﺯﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ )ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﻭﺍﺭﺩ( ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺳﻔﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺠﻮﺯﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﱪﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺼﺮﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺧﲑﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﻓﻬﺎﺭﺱ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ )ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ (‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﲨﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ، MDB‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻻﺷﻚ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﰲ‬
‫‪١١٥‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﲑﺍﺩ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﺮ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻓﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ ﰲ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﲤﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧـﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﺎﺋﻨـﺎﺕ ﺗﺴـﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻹﺩﺧـﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (١‬ﺍﳉــــﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ) ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ (‬
‫ﻭﺳﺠﻼﺕ )ﺻﻔﻮﻑ( ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳــﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋــﺪﺓ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻛﺤﺬﻑ‬
‫ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﹶﳊﺎﻕ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ‪‬ﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤـــﺎﺫﺝ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺴـــﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴــﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﰲ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉـــﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﲢﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘـــﺎﺭﻳﺮ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻮﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٥‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ HTML‬ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٦‬ﺍﳌﺎﻛـــــﺮﻭ ‪ :‬ﺃﺑﺴﻂ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (٧‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻄﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﻛﺮﻭ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻭﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﻭﺃﺩﻕ ﻭﲢﻜﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪Microsoft Access‬‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات اﻻﺗﯿﺔ ‪-:‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ) ‪( Start‬‬

‫‪ t‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ )‪( Programs‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳﻮﻓﺖ ﺍﻭﻓﺴﺖ )‪(Microsoft office‬‬
‫‪١١٦‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ t‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ) ‪Microsoft Access‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﺿـﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓـﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ ‪Ctrl+n‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻛﺴﺲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫)ﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼـﻐﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗـﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﰒ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌـﻲ ﰒ ﺯﺭ ﺇﻏـﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﱪﻧـﺎﻣﺞ(ﻳﻮﺟـﺪ ﰲ ﺃﺳـﻔﻞ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻟﻔـﺘﺢ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨـﻬﺎ ﺃﺿـﻐﻂ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺴﺪﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﻟـﱴ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﺳـﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧـﺎﻣﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺳـﻔﻞ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋـﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺗﺴـﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪١١٧‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻘـﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺑـﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﻧـﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻮﺟـﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﲡﺪ ﳍﺎ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳋـﺎﺹ ‪‬ـﺎ ﳛﺘـﻮﻱ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻐﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﻭﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺳـﻔﻞ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨـﻮﺍﻥ ﻳـﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﻧﺎﻓﺪﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﲡﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨـﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘـﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺑﱪﻧـﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺴﺲ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤـﺎﺫﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﻭﺻـﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻳـﺐ ﻭﻭﺣـﺪﺍﺕ ﻣـﺎﻛﺮﻭ ﻭﻭﺣـﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﳕﻄﻴﺔ‪ ...‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻩ‪( db1.mdb ) :‬‬

‫ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬـﺮﰉ ﺗﻀـﻴﻊ ﻛـﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﱴ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﺘـﻬﺎ ﻟـﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﺘـﺎﺝ‬
‫ﳊﻔﻆ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﺄﻭﻝ ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﺮﺩ ‪ ACCESS‬ﲟﻴﺰﺓ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﲞﺼـﻮﺹ ﺣﻔـﻆ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﲟﺠـﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ‪ ACCESS‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﲝﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻠﺴﺖ ﰱ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﳊﻔـﻆ ﻋﻤﻠـﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻻ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﻏﻠﻖ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﲡﺮﻯ ﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﰱ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﰱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐـﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻳﻈﻬـﺮ ﺍﻟﺴـﺆﺍﻝ ﺩﺍﺧـﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ﻭ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﻧﻌﻢ ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ) ﻻ ( ﰱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﳚﺐ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴـﻰ ﻟﻴﻤﻜﻨـﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌـﺪ ‪،‬ﻋﻨـﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻔـﺘﺢ ﺟـﺪﻭﻻ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪﺍ ‪،‬ﺗﻈﻬـﺮ ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ ﻋـﺮﺽ ﺍﳉـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟـﱴ ﺗﺴـﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ‪،‬ﲣﺼﺺ ‪ ACCESS‬ﻟﻠﺠـﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺳـﻢ ‪ Tble1‬ﻭﻟـﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺒﻘـﻰ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳـﻢ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﰱ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻐـﻴﲑﻩ ﺑﺎﺳـﻢ ﺁﺧـﺮ‪ .‬ﻧﻨﺼـﺢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤـﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﺳـﻢ ﺫﻭ ﺩﻻﻟـﺔ ﻟﻠﺠـﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﻬﻞ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﰱ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﰒ ﻧﻮﺿـﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻷﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﰱ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻵﺗﻰ ‪:‬‬
‫‪١١٨‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻢ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻷﺗﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﲟﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٦٤‬ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ‪٠‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﲟﺴﺎﻓﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﻪ‪٠‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﻩ ‪٠‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﱪ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪ ٠‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻷﺗﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﰒ ﺃﺧﺘﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺄﺳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺄﺳﻢ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺃﺳﻢ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ھﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺃﺳﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﺘـﺐ ﺑـﺎﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳـﺔ ﻋﻨـﺪ ﺇﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻔـﻆ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ( ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴـﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﲰـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻻ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١٩‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫* ﳛﻔــﻆ ﻛـﻞ ﺟــﺪﻭﻝ ﰱ ﻣﻠـﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻘـــﻞ ‪،‬ﻭﳛﻔــﻆ ﻛـﻞ ﻋﻨﺼــﺮ ﻣـﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﻗﺎﻋــﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧـﺮﻯ ﰱ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺘـﻘــﻞ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺮﻳــﺮ ﰱ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤـﻮﺫﺝ ﰱ ﻣﻠــﻒ … …‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜــﺬﺍ ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰱ ﻗﺎﻋــﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ ACCESS‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻـﺮ ﺍﻻﺧـﺮﻯ ﺍﻟـﱴ‬
‫ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﰱ ﻗﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﲢﻔـﻆ ﰱ ﻣﻠـﻒ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤـﺎﺫﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ …ﺍﱁ ‪  ،‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﻪ‬
‫‪ v‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﱴ ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﺑـﺔ ﻋﻨـﻚ ﺑﺎﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﺍﳉـﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤـﺎﺫﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻭ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﺸﺎﺀ )ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ – ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪-‬‬
‫‪١٢٠‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ (‬
‫‪ t‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ) ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ (‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘـﺮ ﺯﺭ‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫) ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ( ﻣﻦ ﺷـﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﳋـﺎﺹ ﺑﻘﺎﻋـﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ ﻓﺘﻔـﺘﺢ ﻧﺎﻓـﺬﺓ )ﺟـﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ) ﻃﺮﻗﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ( ﰒ ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺼـﻤﻴﻢ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻱ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻺﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﺘﻨﺴﺪﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪١٢١‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -٣ ‬ﰲ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ‪ :‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺟﻪ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺯﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻨﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﲰﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﰒ ﻧﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺄﻝ ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ )ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﻭﻝ ؟(‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ‪ Access‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺳﺠﻠﲔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻧﻐﻠﻖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻓﻨﺠﺪ ﺇﻥ ﺭﻣﺰﺍﹰ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻺﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﰒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﲡﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪-:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ‪ -:‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺘﻮﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﲜﻮﺍﺭﻫـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳋـﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻋـﻦ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﻧﻘـﺮ ﺍﻟﺴـﻬﻢ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﳝـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘـﺎﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺷـﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴـﺠﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺑﻨﻘﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓـﺘﺢ ﺳـﺠﻞ ﺟﺪﻳـﺪ ﻋـﻦ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻓـﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ)*( ﲜﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺑـﻞ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘـﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ )ﲢﺮﻳﺮ( ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ )ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ( ﻓﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴـﺔ ﺍﺧﺘـﺮ ﻣﻨـﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘـﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٢‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ‪ -:‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴـﺠﻞ ﻋـﻦ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘـﺮ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺑـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻛﺚ ﻣـﻦ ﺳـﺠﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻀـﻐﻂ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴـﺠﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﰒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﺧـﲑ ﺍﳌﻄﻠـﻮﺏ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﰒ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺯﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻤـﻞ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻋـﻦ ﻃﺮﻳـﻖ‬
‫ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﰒ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺯﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﻭﺱ ﰒ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ‪ Shift‬ﻣـﻦ ﻟﻮﺣـﺔ ﺍﳌﻔـﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺃﺛﻨـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ )ﲢﺮﻳﺮ( ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ )ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀـﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻲ ‪ Ctrl+a‬ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺼﻖ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺴـﺠﻼﺕ‪ -:‬ﳊـﺬﻑ ﺃﺣـﺪ ﺍﻟﺴـﺠﻼﺕ ﻣـﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺃﻭﻻ ﰒ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘـﺎﺡ ‪ Delete‬ﻣـﻦ ﻟﻮﺣـﺔ ﺍﳌﻔـﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﺤـﺬﻑ ﻛﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ )ﲢﺮﻳﺮ( ﰒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣـﺮ )ﺣـﺬﻑ( ﺑﻌـﺪ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ ﺍﻟﺴـﺠﻞ ﺍﳌـﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻓﻪ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﲢﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺷـﻚ ﺣـﺬﻑ ﻋـﺪﺩ ﳏـﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻘﺮﺕ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﳝﻜـﻦ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺣﺴـﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﺟـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻭﻋـﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺗﺴـﻌﺔ ﺧﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔـﺔ ﻭﻫﻨـﺎ ﻻ ﺑـﺪ ﻣـﻦ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﻣﺼـﺪﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻻﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﺘـﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻧـﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺘﺪﺋﲔ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻱ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ‬
‫‪١٢٣‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪p‬ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺘﲔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١ ‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﲜﺎﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪ -٢ ‬ﺃﻭ ﲣﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‬
‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ( ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺘﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ‬

‫ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻧﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻭﻫﻰ ) ﻋﻤـﻮﺩﻯ – ﺟـﺪﻭﱃ – ﻭﺭﻗـﺔ –‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ (‬
‫‪١٢٤‬‬
‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺟﺪﻭﱃ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺳﺄﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻭﺁﻻ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎﹰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﰒ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫‪١٢٥‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫‪‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺴﻖ ﻭﻣﻌﲔ ﻭﳝﻜـﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻭﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ‪ -:‬ﻣﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﳛﺘـﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺪﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺼـﺪﺭ ﻭﻧـﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳـﺮ ﻭﺑﻌـﺾ ﺍﳋﻴـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣـﺔ ﻟﻴﻘـﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳـﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﻳـﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺎﺟﻪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﳜـﲑﻙ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ھﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ اﻟﺤﻘﻮل ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺮ اﻟﻤﺰدوج‬
‫‪١٢٦‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ) ﻧﻘﺮ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺝ ( ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺳﻨﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻦ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺣﻘﻞ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺳﻨﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺸﺘﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﲣﻄﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﺳـﺘﺠﺪ‬
‫ﻋــﺪﺓ ﺧﻴــﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻨــﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳــﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤــﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺟــﺪﻭﱄ ﺃﻭ ﺿــﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻟﺘﺨﻄﯿﻂ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻘﻴــــﺎﹰ ﻭﻛــــﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﲡــــﺎﻩ‬
‫اﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼــﻔﺤﺔ ﺳــﻨﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻛﻤــﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫‪١٢٧‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﳕـﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳـﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳـﺮ ﻭﺣﻘـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟـﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﺷـﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟـﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸـﻜﻞ ﺳـﻨﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﻨﻤﻂ ﻛﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻮ ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻘـﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ v‬ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳊﻔﻈﻪ ﰲ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻌﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺄﻏﲑ ﺍﲰﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ وﻣﻌﺎﯾﻨﺘﮫ ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢٨‬‬

 
: ‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ‬
: ICDL ‫ ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬: ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ‬
١٢٩

الصف الاول حاسبputer-s PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

الصف الاول حاسبputer-s PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻵﱃ‬

PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ‪،،‬‬

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬

‫‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪Processors‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻪ‬

‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻬﺎ ‪( SRAM-DDR2 - DDR3– SDRAM –DDRAM ) -‬‬

‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪(SATA- IDE–PARALLE‬‬

‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫‪ ý‬ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻭﻝ‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬ ‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱏ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ICDL‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻭ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ )ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻭ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ – ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ(‬ ‫•‬

‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻘﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬

‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎﹰ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪٧٩‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ICDL‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫•‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ‪ICDL‬‬ ‫•‬

‫‪١١٨‬‬ ‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬

‫‪١٢٨‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

( PCI –ISA - AGP) ‫ وﻣﻨﮭﺎ‬SLOT ‫ ﻭﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬Mother board ‫ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻡ‬ý

(SATA- IDE–PARALLE) ‫ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬/ ‫ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬ý

‫ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ) ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﳌﺮﻥ – ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ – ﻓﻼﺵ‬ý

( ‫ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺓ – ﺍﳌﺎﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻰ‬

ICDL ‫ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬ý

. ‫ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬

PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com

‫وﺣﺪات ﺗﺨﺰﯾﻦ رﺋﯿﺴﯿﺔ‬

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫• ﻧﻈﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬ ‫• أﺟﮭﺰة ﺣﺎﺳﺒﺎت‬

Output Unit  .‫ب‬

PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com

‫اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎت ج‪ Unit .‬اﻟﻄﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫واﻵن ﻧﺴﺘﻌﺮض ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ وﺣﺪة اﻟﻨﻈﺎم )‪ (System Unit‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﯾﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬

‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬

‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﺪﱐ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‬

‫• ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ‪Mother board‬‬

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻡ ‪Mother board‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻌﺔ ‪(Extension Slots):‬‬

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫‪PCI Slots‬‬ ‫‪ISA Slots‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ )‪(Ports‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ب ‪.‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ‪(Ports Parallel):‬‬

‫ج‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪(Universal Serial Ports) :USB‬‬

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪USB‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﻤﺘﻮازﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻟﻤﺘﻮاﻟﯿﺔ‬

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫• ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺎﺕ ‪Processors‬‬

‫ﻛﯿﻒ ﺗﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ؟‬

‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ‬

‫• ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(Ram/Rom‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ )‪(Read Only Memory (ROM‬‬

‫‪PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ )‪(RAM‬‬